blob: 6a3b0179839860ebac6e430e9b2ba89af3582ad0 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000026#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000027#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000028#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000029#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Mehdi Amini9670f842016-07-18 19:02:11 +000030#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000042#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <set>
47#include <utility>
48#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000049
50using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000051using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000052
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000053namespace {
54 class UnqualUsingEntry {
55 const DeclContext *Nominated;
56 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058 public:
59 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
60 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
61 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
62 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
65 return CommonAncestor;
66 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000067
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000068 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
69 return Nominated;
70 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000071
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000072 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
73 struct Comparator {
74 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
75 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
79 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
80 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000081
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000082 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
83 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
84 }
85 };
86 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
89 /// lookup.
90 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000091 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 ListTy list;
94 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000095
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000096 public:
97 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000100 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
102 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
103 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000104 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000106
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000108 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
109 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
110 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000111 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000112 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
113 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
114 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000115 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
116 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000117 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000118 }
119 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120
121 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
122 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
123 // declared in the context.
124 //
125 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
126 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
127 // the effective DCs right.
128 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000129 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000130 return;
131
132 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
133 }
134
135 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
136 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
137 // were declared in the effective DC.
138 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
139 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000140 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000141 return;
142
143 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
144 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
145 }
146
147 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
148 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
149 // the given effective context.
150 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000151 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000152 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000153 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000154 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000155 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000156 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
157 queue.push_back(NS);
158 }
159 }
160
161 if (queue.empty())
162 return;
163
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000164 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000165 }
166 }
167
168 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
169 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
170 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
171 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
172 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
173 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
174 // the first.
175 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
176 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
177 // the nominated namespace.
178 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
179 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
180 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000181 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000182
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000183 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
184 }
185
186 void done() {
187 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
188 }
189
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000190 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000191
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000192 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
193 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
194
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000195 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000197 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
198 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
199 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000200 }
201 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000202} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000203
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000204// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
205// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000206static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
207 bool CPlusPlus,
208 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209 unsigned IDNS = 0;
210 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000211 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000212 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000213 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000214 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000216 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000217 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000218 if (Redeclaration)
219 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000221 if (Redeclaration)
222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000223 break;
224
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000225 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
226 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
227 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
228 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
229 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
230 break;
231
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000232 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000233 if (CPlusPlus) {
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
235
236 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
237 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
238 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
239 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
240 // "overload" with tag decls.
241 if (Redeclaration)
242 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
243 } else {
244 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
245 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000246 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000247
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000248 case Sema::LookupLabel:
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
250 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000251
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
253 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
254 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000255 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000256 break;
257
258 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
260 break;
261
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000263 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000264 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000265
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000266 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000267 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
269 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
270 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 break;
272
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000273 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
275 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000276
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000277 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
278 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
279 break;
280
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000281 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
284 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
285 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000286 }
287 return IDNS;
288}
289
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000290void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000291 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000293
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000294 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
295 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
296 // operators can be found.
297 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
298 case OO_New:
299 case OO_Delete:
300 case OO_Array_New:
301 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000302 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000303 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000304
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 default:
306 break;
307 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000308
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000309 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
310 // up being declared.
311 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
312 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000313 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000314 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000315 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000316 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000317}
318
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000319bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000320 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000321 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
322 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
324 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
325 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
326 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
327 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000328 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000330 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
331 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
332 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000333 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000334}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000337void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000339}
340
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
342/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000343static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000344 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
345 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
346 // those.
347 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
348 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
349 return DC;
350
351 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
352 // declaration must have been found there.
353 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
354}
355
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000356/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
357/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000358static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000359 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
360 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
361 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
362 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
363 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
364 return true;
365
366 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
367 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
368
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000369 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
370 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
371 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
372 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
373 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
374 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000375 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
376 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000377 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
378 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
379 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000380 }
381
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000382 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
383 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
384 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
385 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
386 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
387 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
388 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
389 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
390 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
391 if (DMin != EMin)
392 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000393 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
394 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000395 }
396
397 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
398 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
399 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
400 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
401 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000402 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
403 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
404 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000405 if (DMin != EMin)
406 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000407 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
408 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
409 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
410 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
411 I != N; ++I) {
412 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
413 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
414 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
416 return true;
417 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000418 }
419
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000420 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
421 // array type.
422 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
423 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
424 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
425 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
426 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
427 return S.isVisible(DVD);
428 }
429 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
430 }
431
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000432 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
433 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
434 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
435 // keep what we've got.
436 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
437 }
438
439 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000440 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
441 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
442 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
443 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000444 return false;
445}
446
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000447/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
448static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
449 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
450 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
451 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
452 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000453 // the same variable, non-static data member, or enumerator, or all refer
454 // to functions and function templates; in this case the class name or
455 // enumeration name is hidden.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000456 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
457 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
458 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
459 // scope.
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000460 // An UnresolvedUsingValueDecl always instantiates to one of these.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000461 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
462 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000463 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D) ||
464 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000465}
466
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000467/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000468void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000469 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000470
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000472 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000473 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
474 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000475 return;
476 }
477
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000478 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
479 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000480 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000481 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
482 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000483 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000484 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000485 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
486 return;
487 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000489 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000490 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000492 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000493 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000496 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000497 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000498 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
499
500 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000501
502 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504 unsigned I = 0;
505 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000506 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
507 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000508
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000509 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000510 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000511 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
512 continue;
513 }
514
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000515 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
516
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000517 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
518 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
519 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
520 // canonical type.
521 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000522 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
523 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
524 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
525 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
526 // The type is not unique.
527 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000528 }
529 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000530
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000531 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
532 // canonical declaration.
533 if (!ExistingI) {
534 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
535 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
536 // We've seen this entity before.
537 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000538 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000539 }
540
541 if (ExistingI) {
542 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
543 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000544 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000545 Decls[*ExistingI]))
546 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
547 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000548 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000549 }
550
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000551 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000552
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000553 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
554 HasUnresolved = true;
555 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
556 if (HasTag)
557 Ambiguous = true;
558 UniqueTagIndex = I;
559 HasTag = true;
560 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
561 HasFunction = true;
562 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
563 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
564 HasFunction = true;
565 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000566 if (HasNonFunction) {
567 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
568 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
569 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
570 // module, just skip it.
571 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
572 D)) {
573 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
574 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
575 continue;
576 }
577
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000578 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000579 }
580 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000581 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000582 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000583 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000584
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000585 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
586 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
587 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
588 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
589 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
590 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
591 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
592 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
593 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000594 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000595 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000596 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
597 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
598 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
599 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
600 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000601 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
602 else
603 Ambiguous = true;
604 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000605
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000606 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
607 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
608 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
609 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
610 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
611
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000612 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000613
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000614 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000615 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000616
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000617 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000618 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000619 else if (HasUnresolved)
620 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000621 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000622 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000624 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000625}
626
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000627void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000628 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000629 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000630 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
631 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000632 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000633}
634
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000635void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000636 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
637 Paths->swap(P);
638 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
639 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000640 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000641}
642
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000643void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000644 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
645 Paths->swap(P);
646 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
647 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000648 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000649}
650
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000651void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000652 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
653 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
654 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000655
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000656 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
657 Out << "\n";
658 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
659 }
660}
661
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000662LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
663 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
664 << ":\n";
665 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
666 D->dump();
667}
668
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000669/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
670/// fail.
671static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
672 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
673
674 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
675 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
676 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
677 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
678 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
679 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
680 if (II) {
Eric Fiselier6ad68552016-07-01 01:24:09 +0000681 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) {
682 if (II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
683 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
684 return true;
685 } else if (II == S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementName()) {
686 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementDecl());
687 return true;
688 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000689 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000690
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000691 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
692 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000693 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
694 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
695 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000696 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
697 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000698
699 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
700 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000701 R.isForRedeclaration(),
702 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000703 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000704 return true;
705 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000706 }
707 }
708 }
709
710 return false;
711}
712
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000713/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
714/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000715static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000716 // We need to have a definition for the class.
717 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
718 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000719
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000720 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000721 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000722}
723
724void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000725 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000726 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000727
728 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000729 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000730 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000732 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000733 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000734 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000735
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000736 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000737 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000738 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
739
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000741 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
742 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000743 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000744
745 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
746 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000747 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000748 }
749
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000750 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000751 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000753}
754
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000755/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000756/// special member function.
757static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
758 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000759 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000760 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
761 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000763 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
764 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000770 return false;
771}
772
773/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
774/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000775static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000776 DeclarationName Name,
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000777 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000778 const DeclContext *DC) {
779 if (!DC)
780 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000781
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000782 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000783 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
784 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000785 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000786 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000787 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000788 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000789 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000790 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000791 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000792 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
793 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000794 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000795 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000797 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
798 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000799 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000800 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000801 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000802 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000803
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000804 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
805 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
806 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000807
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000808 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000809 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000810 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000811 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000812 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000813 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000814 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
815 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
816 }
817 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000818 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000820 case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
821 S.DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(Name.getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate(), Loc);
822 break;
823
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000824 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000825 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000826 }
827}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000828
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000829// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
830// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000831static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000832 bool Found = false;
833
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000834 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000835 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000836 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
837 DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000838
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000839 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000840 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
Yaron Keren31bde582017-04-12 10:05:48 +0000841 for (NamedDecl *D : DR) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000842 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000843 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000844 Found = true;
845 }
846 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000847
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000848 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
849 return true;
850
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000851 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000852 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
853 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
854 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
855 return Found;
856
857 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000858 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000859 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
860 // context of the use are considered. [...]
861 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000862 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000863 return Found;
864
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000865 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
866 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000867 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
868 if (!ConvTemplate)
869 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000870
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000871 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000872 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
873 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000874 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
875 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
876 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
877 Found = true;
878 continue;
879 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000880
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000881 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000882 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
883 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000884 // name lookup.
885 //
886 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
887 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000888 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000889 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
890 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000891 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000892 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000893
894 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000895 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
896 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000897
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000898 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
899 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
900 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000901 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000902 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000903 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000904 QualType ExpectedType
905 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000906 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000907
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000908 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
909 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000910 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000911 Specialization, Info)
912 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
913 R.addDecl(Specialization);
914 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000915 }
916 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000917
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000918 return Found;
919}
920
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000921// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000922static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000923CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000924 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000925
926 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
927
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000928 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000929 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000930
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000931 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
932 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000933 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
934 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000935 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000936
937 R.resolveKind();
938
939 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000940}
941
942static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000943 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000944 return Ctx->isFileContext();
945 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000946}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000947
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000948// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
949// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
950// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
951// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
952// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
953// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
954// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
955static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000956 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000957 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000958 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000959 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
960 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000961 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000962 break;
963 }
964 }
965
966 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
967 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
968 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
969 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
970 // a member of this namespace.
971 //
972 // Example:
973 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000974 // namespace N {
975 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 //
977 // template<class T> class B {
978 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000979 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000980 // }
981 //
982 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
983 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
984 // }
985 //
986 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
987 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000988 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000989 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
990 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
991
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000992 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000993 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
994 // template<class C>.
995 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
996 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
997 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
998 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000999
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001000 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
1001 // the example, this is namespace N.
1002 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
1003 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
1004 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001005
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001006 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1007 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1008 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1009 // example, this is the global scope.
1010 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1011 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1012 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1013
1014 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001015}
1016
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001017namespace {
1018/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1019/// declarations.
1020struct FindLocalExternScope {
1021 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1022 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1023 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1024 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1025 }
1026 void restore() {
1027 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1028 }
1029 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1030 restore();
1031 }
1032 LookupResult &R;
1033 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1034};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001035} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001036
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001037bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001038 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001039
1040 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001041 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001042
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001043 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1044 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1045 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1046 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001047 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +00001048 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, R.getNameLoc(), DC);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001049 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001050
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001051 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1052 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1053
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001054 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001055 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001056 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1057 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001058
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001059 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001060 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001061 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1062 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1063 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001064 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001066 //
1067 // For example:
1068 // namespace A { int i; }
1069 // void foo() {
1070 // int i;
1071 // {
1072 // using namespace A;
1073 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1074 // }
1075 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001076 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001077 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1078 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001079 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001080 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001081
1082 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1083 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1084
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001085 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001086 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001087 bool SearchNamespaceScope = true;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001088 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001089 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001090 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001091 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage &&
1092 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
1093 // If it's a template parameter, we still find it, so we can diagnose
1094 // the invalid redeclaration.
1095
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001096 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1097 // out-of-scope.
1098 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1099 LeftStartingScope = true;
1100
1101 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001102 // does not have linkage, skip it.
1103 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001104 R.setShadowed();
1105 continue;
1106 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001107 } else {
1108 // We found something in this scope, we should not look at the
1109 // namespace scope
1110 SearchNamespaceScope = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001111 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001112 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001113 }
1114 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001115 if (!SearchNamespaceScope) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001116 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001117 if (S->isClassScope())
1118 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1119 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001120 return true;
1121 }
1122
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001123 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001124 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1125 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1126 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1127 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1128 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1129 return false;
1130 }
1131
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001132 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1133 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1134 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001135 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001136 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1137 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1138 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1139 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001140 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001141 }
1142
1143 if (Ctx) {
1144 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1145 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001146 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001147 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1148 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1149
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001150 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001151 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1152 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1153 // non-transparent context.
1154 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001155 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001156
1157 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1158 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1159 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1160 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1161 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1162 // in the corresponding interface.
1163 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1164 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1165 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1166 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1167 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001168 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001169 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001170 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1171 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001172 R.resolveKind();
1173 return true;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 }
1177 }
1178
1179 continue;
1180 }
1181
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001182 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1183 // lookup considering using directives.
1184 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001185 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1186 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1187 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001188 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1189 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1190 continue;
1191
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001192 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001193 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001194
1195 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1196 // from local scopes.
1197 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1198 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1199 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1200 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1201 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1202
1203 UDirs.done();
1204
1205 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1206 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001207
1208 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1209 R.resolveKind();
1210 return true;
1211 }
1212
1213 continue;
1214 }
1215
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001216 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1217 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1218 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1219 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1220 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1221 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001222 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001223 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001224 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001225 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001226 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001227
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001228 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1229 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1230 if (!S) return false;
1231
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001232 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001233 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001234 return false;
1235
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001236 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001237 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001238 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001239 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1240 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001241 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1242 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1243 UDirs.done();
1244 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001245
1246 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1247 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1248 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1249 FindLocals.restore();
1250
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001251 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001252 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1253 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1254 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1255 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001256 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001257 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001258 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001259 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001260 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1261 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1262 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1263 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001264 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001265 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001266 }
1267 }
1268
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001269 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001270 R.resolveKind();
1271 return true;
1272 }
1273
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001274 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001275 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1276 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1277 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001278 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001279 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1280 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1281 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1282 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001283 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001284 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001285
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001286 if (Ctx) {
1287 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1288 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001289 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001290 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1291 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1292
1293 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1294 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1295 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1296 // non-transparent context.
1297 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1298 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001299
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001300 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1301 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1302 // look into that context.
Chandler Carruth6232e4d2016-11-04 06:16:09 +00001303 if (!(Found && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001304 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1305 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001306
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001307 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1308 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1309 Found = true;
1310 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001311
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001312 if (Found) {
1313 R.resolveKind();
1314 return true;
1315 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001316
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001317 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1318 return false;
1319 }
1320 }
1321
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001322 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001323 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001324 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001325
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001326 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001327}
1328
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001329Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1330 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1331 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1332 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1333 return M;
1334 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1335 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1336
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001337 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1338 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1339 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1340 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1341 // class).
1342 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
Vassil Vassilevb4829e42016-09-13 10:38:26 +00001343 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001344 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1345 }
1346
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001347 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1348 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1349 if (M)
1350 return M;
1351
1352 if (auto *Containing =
1353 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1354 M = Containing;
1355 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1356 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1357 // locations.
1358 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1359 } else {
1360 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1361 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1362 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1363 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1364 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1365 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1366 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1367
1368 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1369 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1370 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
Richard Smithdc1f0422016-07-20 19:10:16 +00001371 auto &TopLevel = ModuleScopes.empty()
1372 ? VisibleModules
1373 : ModuleScopes[0].OuterVisibleModules;
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001374 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1375 }
1376
1377 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1378 }
1379
1380 if (M)
1381 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1382 return M;
1383}
1384
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001385void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001386 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1387 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1388 else
1389 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1390 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001391
1392 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1393 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1394 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1395 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1396 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001397}
1398
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001399/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001400static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001401 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1402 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1403 // the module containing the pattern.
1404 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1405 Entity = Pattern;
1406 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001407 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1408 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001409 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
Richard Smith2195ec92017-04-21 01:15:13 +00001410 if (auto *Pattern = ED->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1411 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001412 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
Richard Smith2195ec92017-04-21 01:15:13 +00001413 if (VarDecl *Pattern = VD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1414 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001415 }
1416
Chandler Carruthbd186c02017-04-19 05:25:13 +00001417 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1418 // from a template.
1419 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1420 if (Context->isFileContext())
1421 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1422 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001423}
1424
1425llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001426 unsigned N = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
1427 for (unsigned I = CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.size();
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001428 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001429 Module *M = getDefiningModule(*this, CodeSynthesisContexts[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001430 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001431 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001432 CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.push_back(M);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001433 }
1434 return LookupModulesCache;
1435}
1436
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001437bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1438 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1439 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1440 return true;
1441 return false;
1442}
1443
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001444template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001445static bool
1446hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1447 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001448 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1449 return false;
1450
1451 while (D) {
1452 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1453 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1454 return true;
1455
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001456 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1457 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1458 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1459 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1460 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1461 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001462
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001463 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1464 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1465 }
1466 return false;
1467}
1468
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001469bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1470 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001471 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001472 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001473 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001474 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1475 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1476 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001477}
1478
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001479bool Sema::hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1480 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1481 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
1482 "not a member specialization");
1483 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1484 // If the specialization is declared at namespace scope, then it's a member
1485 // specialization declaration. If it's lexically inside the class
1486 // definition then it was instantiated.
1487 //
1488 // FIXME: This is a hack. There should be a better way to determine this.
1489 // FIXME: What about MS-style explicit specializations declared within a
1490 // class definition?
1491 if (Redecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
1492 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1493
1494 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1495 return true;
1496
1497 if (Modules) {
1498 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1499 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1500 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1501 }
1502 }
1503 }
1504
1505 return false;
1506}
1507
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001508/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1509///
1510/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1511/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1512/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1513/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1514/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1515/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1516bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001517 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001518 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1519
1520 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1521 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1522 if (!DeclModule) {
1523 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1524 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001525 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001526 }
1527
1528 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1529 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1530 // top-level module.)
1531 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1532 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1533 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001534 return true;
1535 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001536
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001537 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1538 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1539 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
Richard Smith8df390f2016-09-08 23:14:54 +00001540 if (!D->isModulePrivate() && DC && !DC->isFileContext() &&
1541 !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) && !isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001542 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1543 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1544 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
Vassil Vassilev714b81c2016-09-08 20:34:41 +00001545 //
1546 // In C++ we need to check for a visible definition due to ODR merging,
1547 // and in C we must not because each declaration of a function gets its own
1548 // set of declarations for tags in prototype scope.
1549 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)
1550 || (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001551 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1552 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001553 if (SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001554 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1555 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001556 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1557 // its parent has a visible definition.
1558 D->setHidden(false);
1559 }
1560 return true;
1561 }
1562 return false;
1563 }
1564
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001565 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1566 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1567 if (LookupModules.empty())
1568 return false;
1569
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001570 if (!DeclModule) {
1571 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1572 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1573 }
1574
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001575 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1576 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1577 return true;
1578
1579 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1580 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1581 return false;
1582
1583 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1584 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001585 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001586 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001587}
1588
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001589bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1590 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1591}
1592
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001593bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1594 for (auto *D : R) {
1595 if (isVisible(D))
1596 return true;
1597 }
1598 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1599}
1600
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001601/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1602///
1603/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1604/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1605/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001606///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001607/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1608/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001609static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1610 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001611
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001612 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001613 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1614 if (RD == D)
1615 continue;
1616
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001617 auto ND = cast<NamedDecl>(RD);
1618 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1619 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1620 // carefully.
1621 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
1622 return ND;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001623 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001624
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001625 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001626}
1627
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001628bool Sema::hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1629 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1630 assert(!isVisible(D) && "not in slow case");
1631
1632 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1633 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1634 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1635 return true;
1636
1637 if (Modules) {
1638 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1639 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1640 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1641 }
1642 }
1643
1644 return false;
1645}
1646
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001647NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001648 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1649 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1650 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1651 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1652 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1653 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1654 // it is correct to do so.
1655 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1656 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1657 return Acceptable;
1658 auto *Acceptable =
1659 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1660 if (Acceptable)
1661 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1662 return Acceptable;
1663 }
1664
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001665 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001666}
1667
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001668/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1669/// scope.
1670///
1671/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1672/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1673/// @code
1674/// int x;
1675/// int f() {
1676/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1677/// }
1678/// @endcode
1679///
1680/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1681/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1682/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1683/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1684/// class LookupCriteria.
1685///
1686/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1687/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1688/// in the parent scopes.
1689///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001690/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1691/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1692/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1693/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001694///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001695/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001696bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1697 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001698 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001699
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001700 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1701
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001702 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001703 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1704 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001705 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001706 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1707 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001708 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001709 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001710 }
1711
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001712 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1713 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1714
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001715 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1716 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1717 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1718 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001719 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1720
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001721 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001723 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001724 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001725 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1726 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1727 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001728 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001729 LeftStartingScope = true;
1730
1731 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1732 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001733 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1734 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001735 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001736 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001737 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001738 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1739 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1740 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001741
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001742 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001743
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001744 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1745 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001746 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001747 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1748 // actually exists in a Scope).
1749 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1750 S = S->getParent();
1751
1752 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1753 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1754 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1755 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001756 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001757
1758 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001759 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001760 if (!S)
1761 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1762
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001763 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1764 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001765 if (S) {
1766 // Match based on scope.
1767 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1768 break;
1769 } else {
1770 // Match based on DeclContext.
1771 DeclContext *LastDC
1772 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1773 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1774 break;
1775 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001776
1777 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1778 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1779 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001780 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001781
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001782 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001783 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001784
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001785 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001786 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001787 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001788 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001789 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001790 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001791 }
1792
1793 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1794 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1795 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001796 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1797 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001798
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001799 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1800 // may be able to handle the situation.
1801 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1802 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1803 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001804}
1805
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001806/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1807/// using directives by the given context.
1808///
1809/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001810/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001811/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1812/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1813/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1814/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1815/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1816/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1817/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1818/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1819/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1820/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1821/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1822/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001823///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001824/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1825/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1826/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1827/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1828/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1829/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1830/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1831/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1832/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001833static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001834 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001835 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1836
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001837 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1838 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001839
1840 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001841 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001842 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1843
1844 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1845 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001846 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001847
1848 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1849 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001850 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1851 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001852 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001853 Queue.push_back(ND);
1854 }
1855
1856 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1857 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1858 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1859 // a tag.
1860 bool FoundTag = false;
1861 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1862
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001863 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001864
1865 bool Found = false;
1866 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001867 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001868
1869 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1870 // between LookupResults.
1871 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001872 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001873 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001874
1875 if (FoundDirect) {
1876 // First do any local hiding.
1877 DirectR.resolveKind();
1878
1879 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1880 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1881 FoundTag = true;
1882 else
1883 FoundNonTag = true;
1884
1885 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1886 if (UseLocal) {
1887 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1888 LocalR.clear();
1889 }
1890 }
1891
1892 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1893 if (FoundDirect) {
1894 Found = true;
1895 continue;
1896 }
1897
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001898 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001899 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001900 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001901 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1902 }
1903 }
1904
1905 if (Found) {
1906 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1907 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1908 else
1909 R.resolveKind();
1910 }
1911
1912 return Found;
1913}
1914
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001915/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001916static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001917 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001918 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001919
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001920 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001921 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001922}
1923
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001924/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001925/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1926template<typename InputIterator>
1927static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1928 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1929 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1930 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001931
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001932 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1933 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1934 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1935 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1936 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001937
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001938 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1939 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1940 break;
1941 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001942
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001943 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1944 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1945 break;
1946 }
1947 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001948
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001949 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1950 return true;
1951 }
1952
1953 return false;
1954}
1955
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001956/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001957///
1958/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1959/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001960/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001961///
1962/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1963/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1964/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1965/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1966/// class LookupCriteria.
1967///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001968/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1969///
1970/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001971/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1972/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1973///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001974/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001975/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001976///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001977/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1978bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1979 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001980 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001981
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001982 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001983 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001985 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1986 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1987 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001988 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001989 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001990 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001992 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1993 bool oldVal;
1994 DeclContext *Context;
1995 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1996 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1997 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1998 }
1999 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
2000 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
2001 }
2002 } QL(LookupCtx);
2003
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002004 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002005 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002006 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
2007 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002008 return true;
2009 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002010
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002011 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
2012 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
2013 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
2014 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
2015 // for the namespace member has the form
2016 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
2017 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
2018 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
2019 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002020 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002021 return false;
2022
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002023 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002024 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002025 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002026
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00002027 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00002028 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002029 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00002030 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002031 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002032
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002033 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
2034 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002035 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002036 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
2037 // or we have to fail.
2038 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
2039 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
2040 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2041 return false;
2042 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002043
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002044 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002045 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2046 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002047
2048 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002049 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2050 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002051 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002052 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002053 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2054 case LookupMemberName:
2055 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002056 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002057 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2058 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002059
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002060 case LookupTagName:
2061 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2062 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002063
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002064 case LookupAnyName:
2065 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2066 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002067
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002068 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2069 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2070 break;
2071
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002072 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2073 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002074
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002075 case LookupOperatorName:
2076 case LookupNamespaceName:
2077 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002078 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002079 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002080 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002081
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002082 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2083 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2084 break;
2085 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002086
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002087 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2088 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2089 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2090 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2091 },
2092 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002094
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002095 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2096
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002097 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2098 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2099 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2100 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2101 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2102 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002103 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002104 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002105 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002106
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002107 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002108 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002109 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002110
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002111 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2112 // across all paths.
2113 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002114
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002115 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2116 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002117 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002118 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2119 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002120 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002121 }
2122
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002123 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002124 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2125 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002126 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002127 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002128 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002129 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002130 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2131 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002132
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002133 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2134 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002135 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2136 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2137 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002138
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002139 ++FirstD;
2140 ++CurrentD;
2141 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002142
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002143 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2144 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002145 continue;
2146 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002147
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002148 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2149 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002150 }
2151
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002152 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002153 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2154
2155 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2156 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2157 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002159 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002160 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002161
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002162 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2163 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002164 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2165 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002166 }
2167 }
2168
2169 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2170
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002171 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002172 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2173 D->getAccess());
2174 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2175 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002176 R.resolveKind();
2177 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002178}
2179
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002180/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2181/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2182///
2183/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2184/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2185/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2186///
2187/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2188///
2189/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2190/// search.
2191///
2192/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2193///
2194/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2195bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2196 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2197 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2198 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2199 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2200 else
2201
2202 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2203}
2204
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002205/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2206/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2207///
2208/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2209/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2210/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2211/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002212/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2213/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002214///
2215/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2216/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002218/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002219///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002220/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2221/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2222///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002223/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002224bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002225 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002226 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2227 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002228 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002229 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002230 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002232 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002233 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2234 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2235 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2236
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002237 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002239 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002240 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002241 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002242
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002243 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002244 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002245 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002246
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002247 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002249 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002250 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2251 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002252 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002253 }
2254
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002256 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002257}
2258
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002259/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2260/// class.
2261///
2262/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2263///
2264/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2265/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002266///
2267/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2268bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002269 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2270 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2271 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2272 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002273 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2274 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2275 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2276 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2277 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2278 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002279
2280 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2281 // the path access.
2282 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2283 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2284 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2285 I.getAccess()));
2286 }
2287
2288 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002289 }
2290
2291 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002292 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002293
2294 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002295}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002296
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002297/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002298/// from name lookup.
2299///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002300/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002301void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002302 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2303
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002304 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2305 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2306 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2307
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002308 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2309 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2310 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2311 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2312 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2313 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2314 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002315
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002316 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002317 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2318 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2319 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002320
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002321 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002322 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002323 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002324
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002325 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002326 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2327 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002328
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002329 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002330 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002331 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2332 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002333 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002334 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002335 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2336 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2337 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002338 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002339 }
2340
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002341 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2342 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002343
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002344 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002345
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002346 for (auto *D : Result)
2347 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002348 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2349 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2350 }
2351
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002352 for (auto *D : Result)
2353 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2354 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002355
2356 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002357 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2358 while (F.hasNext()) {
2359 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2360 F.erase();
2361 }
2362 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002363 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002364 }
2365
2366 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2367 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002368
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002369 for (auto *D : Result)
2370 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002371 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002372 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002373 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002374}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002375
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002376namespace {
2377 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002378 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002379 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2380 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002381 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2382 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002383 }
2384
2385 Sema &S;
2386 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2387 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002388 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002389 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002390} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002391
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002393addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002394
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002395static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2396 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2397 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2398
2399 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2400 // be a locally scoped record.
2401
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002402 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2403 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2404 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2405 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2406 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002407 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2408
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002409 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002410 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002411}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002412
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002413// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002414// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002416addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2417 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002418 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002419 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002420 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2421 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002424 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2425 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2426 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2427 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002428 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002429 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002431 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002432 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002433 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2434 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002435 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002436 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002438 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002439 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2440 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002441 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002442 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002443 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002444 }
2445 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002446 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002447
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002448 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002449 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2450 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002451 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002453 // associated namespaces. ]
2454 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002456 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002457 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2458 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002459 break;
2460 }
2461}
2462
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002463// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002464// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2465// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2466static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002467addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2468 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2469
2470 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2471 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2472 return;
2473
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002474 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2475 // [...]
2476 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2477 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2478 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2479 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002480 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002481
2482 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2483 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2484 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002485 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002486 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002487 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002488
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002489 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2490 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002491 //
2492 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2493 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2494 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002495 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002496 return;
2497
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002498 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2499 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002500 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002501 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002502 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002503 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2504 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2505 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002506 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002508 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2509 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2510 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002511 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002512 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002513 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002514
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002515 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2516 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002517 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002518 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002520 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002521 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2522 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002523 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002524
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002525 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2526 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002527 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002528 Bases.push_back(Class);
2529 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2530 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002531 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002532
2533 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002534 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2535 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002536 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2537 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2538 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2539 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2540 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2541 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2542 if (!BaseType)
2543 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002544 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002545 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002546 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2547 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002548 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002549
2550 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2551 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2552 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2553 }
2554 }
2555 }
2556}
2557
2558// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2559// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002560// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2561static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002562addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002563 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2564 //
2565 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2566 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2567 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2568 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2569 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2570 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2571 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2572 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002573
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002574 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002575 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2576
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002577 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002578 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2579
2580#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2582#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2583#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2584#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2585#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2586 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2587 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2588 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2589 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2590 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002591 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002592
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002593 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2594 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2595 case Type::Pointer:
2596 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2597 continue;
2598 case Type::ConstantArray:
2599 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2600 case Type::VariableArray:
2601 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2602 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002603
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002604 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2605 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2606 case Type::Builtin:
2607 break;
2608
2609 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2610 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2611 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2612 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2613 // which its associated classes are defined.
2614 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002615 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2616 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002617 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002618 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002619 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002620
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002621 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2622 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002623 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002624 // it has no associated class.
2625 case Type::Enum: {
2626 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002627
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002628 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2629 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002630 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002631
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002632 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002633 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002634
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002635 break;
2636 }
2637
2638 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2639 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2640 // types and those associated with the return type.
2641 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2642 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002643 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2644 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002645 // fallthrough
2646 }
2647 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2648 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002649 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002650 continue;
2651 }
2652
2653 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2654 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2655 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2656 // together with those associated with X.
2657 //
2658 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2659 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2660 // with the member type together with those associated with
2661 // X.
2662 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2663 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2664
2665 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2666 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2667
2668 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2669 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2670 continue;
2671 }
2672
2673 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2674 case Type::BlockPointer:
2675 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2676 continue;
2677
2678 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2679 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2680 case Type::LValueReference:
2681 case Type::RValueReference:
2682 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2683 continue;
2684
2685 // These are fundamental types.
2686 case Type::Vector:
2687 case Type::ExtVector:
2688 case Type::Complex:
2689 break;
2690
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002691 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2692 case Type::Auto:
Richard Smith600b5262017-01-26 20:40:47 +00002693 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002694 break;
2695
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002696 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2697 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2698 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002699 case Type::ObjCObject:
2700 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2701 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002702 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002703 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002704
2705 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2706 // contained type.
2707 case Type::Atomic:
2708 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2709 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002710 case Type::Pipe:
2711 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2712 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002713 }
2714
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002715 if (Queue.empty())
2716 break;
2717 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002718 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002719}
2720
2721/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2722/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2723/// arguments.
2724///
2725/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002727/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002728void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2729 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2730 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2731 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002732 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2733 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2734
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002735 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2736 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002737
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002738 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2739 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2740 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2741 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2742 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2743 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002744 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002745 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002746 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2747
2748 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002749 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002750 continue;
2751 }
2752
2753 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2754 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2755 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2756 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2757 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2758 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2759 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002760 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002761 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002762 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002763 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002764
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002765 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2766 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002767
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002768 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002769 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002770 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002771
2772 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2773 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002774 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002775 }
2776 }
2777}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002778
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002779NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002780 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002781 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2782 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002783 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002784 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002785 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002786}
2787
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002788/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002789ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002790 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2791 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002792 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002793 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002794 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2795}
2796
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002797void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002798 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002799 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002800 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2801 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2802 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2803 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2804 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002805 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002806 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002807 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2808 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002810 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002811 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002812}
2813
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002814Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2815 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2816 bool ConstArg,
2817 bool VolatileArg,
2818 bool RValueThis,
2819 bool ConstThis,
2820 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002821 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002822 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002823 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002824 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2825 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2826 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2827 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2828 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2829 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2830
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002831 // FIXME: Get the caller to pass in a location for the lookup.
2832 SourceLocation LookupLoc = RD->getLocation();
2833
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002834 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002835 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002836 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2837 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2838 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2839 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2840 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2841 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2842
2843 void *InsertPoint;
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002844 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry *Result =
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002845 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2846
2847 // This was already cached
2848 if (Result)
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002849 return *Result;
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002850
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002851 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry>();
2852 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002853 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2854
2855 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002856 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002857 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2858 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002859 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2860 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002861 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2862 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002863 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002864 return *Result;
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002865 }
2866
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002867 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2868 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002869 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002870 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002871 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002872 unsigned NumArgs;
2873
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002874 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2875 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2876
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002877 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2878 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2879 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002880 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2881 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002882 } else {
2883 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2884 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002885 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002886 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002888 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002889 } else {
2890 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002891 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002892 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002893 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002894 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002895 }
2896
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002897 if (ConstArg)
2898 ArgType.addConst();
2899 if (VolatileArg)
2900 ArgType.addVolatile();
2901
2902 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2903 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2904 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2905 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2906 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2907 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2908 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002909 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002910 VK = VK_LValue;
2911 else
2912 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002913 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002914
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002915 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(LookupLoc, ArgType, VK);
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002916
2917 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002918 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002919 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002920 }
2921
2922 // Create the object argument
2923 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2924 if (ConstThis)
2925 ThisTy.addConst();
2926 if (VolatileThis)
2927 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002928 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002929 OpaqueValueExpr(LookupLoc, ThisTy,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002930 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002931
2932 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2933 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2934 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002935 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(LookupLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002936 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002937
2938 if (R.empty()) {
2939 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2940 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2941 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2942 // destructor.
2943 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2944 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2945 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2946 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002947 return *Result;
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002948 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002949
2950 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2951 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2952 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2953
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002954 for (NamedDecl *CandDecl : Candidates) {
2955 if (CandDecl->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002956 continue;
2957
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002958 DeclAccessPair Cand = DeclAccessPair::make(CandDecl, AS_public);
2959 auto CtorInfo = getConstructorInfo(Cand);
2960 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002961 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002962 AddMethodCandidate(M, Cand, RD, ThisTy, Classification,
2963 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2964 else if (CtorInfo)
2965 AddOverloadCandidate(CtorInfo.Constructor, CtorInfo.FoundDecl,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002966 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002967 else
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002968 AddOverloadCandidate(M, Cand, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS,
2969 true);
2970 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
2971 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2972 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2973 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(
2974 Tmpl, Cand, RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
George Burgess IVce6284b2017-01-28 02:19:40 +00002975 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002976 else if (CtorInfo)
2977 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2978 CtorInfo.ConstructorTmpl, CtorInfo.FoundDecl, nullptr,
2979 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2980 else
2981 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2982 Tmpl, Cand, nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002983 } else {
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002984 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand.getDecl()) &&
2985 "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002986 }
2987 }
2988
2989 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002990 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, LookupLoc, Best)) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002991 case OR_Success:
2992 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002993 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002994 break;
2995
2996 case OR_Deleted:
2997 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002998 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002999 break;
3000
3001 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003002 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003003 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
3004 break;
3005
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003006 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003007 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003008 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003009 break;
3010 }
3011
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003012 return *Result;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003013}
3014
3015/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
3016CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003017 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003018 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
3019 false, false);
3020
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003021 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003022}
3023
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003024/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
3025CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003026 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003027 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3028 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003029 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003030 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3031 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
3032
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003033 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003034}
3035
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003036/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003037CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3038 unsigned Quals) {
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003039 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003040 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3041 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003042
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003043 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003044}
3045
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003046/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3047DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003048 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003049 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003050 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003051 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003052 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003053 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003054 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003055 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003056 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003057
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003058 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3059 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3060 return Class->lookup(Name);
3061}
3062
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003063/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3064CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3065 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003066 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003067 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3068 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3069 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3070 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003071 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003072 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3073 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3074 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3075 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3076
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003077 return Result.getMethod();
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003078}
3079
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003080/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3081CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003082 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003083 bool RValueThis,
3084 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3085 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3086 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003087 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003088 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3089 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003090 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3091 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3092
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003093 return Result.getMethod();
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003094}
3095
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003096/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3097///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003098/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3099/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003100///
3101/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3102CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003103 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3104 false, false, false,
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003105 false, false).getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003106}
3107
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003108/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3109/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3110///
3111/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3112/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3113/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3114Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3115Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3116 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003117 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3118 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003119 LookupName(R, S);
3120 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3121 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3122
3123 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3125
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003126 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003127 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3128 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003129 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3130
3131 while (F.hasNext()) {
3132 Decl *D = F.next();
3133 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3134 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3135
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003136 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3137 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3138 F.erase();
3139 continue;
3140 }
3141
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003142 bool IsRaw = false;
3143 bool IsTemplate = false;
3144 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3145 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3146
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003147 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3148 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3149 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3150 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003151 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003152 IsExactMatch = true;
3153 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3154 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3155 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3156 IsExactMatch = false;
3157 break;
3158 }
3159 }
3160 }
3161 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003162 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3163 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3164 if (Params->size() == 1)
3165 IsTemplate = true;
3166 else
3167 IsStringTemplate = true;
3168 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003169
3170 if (IsExactMatch) {
3171 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003172 AllowRaw = false;
3173 AllowTemplate = false;
3174 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3175 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003176 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3177 // already found.
3178 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003179 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003180 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003181 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3182 FoundRaw = true;
3183 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3184 FoundTemplate = true;
3185 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3186 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003187 } else {
3188 F.erase();
3189 }
3190 }
3191
3192 F.done();
3193
3194 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3195 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3196 // or literal operator template.
3197 if (FoundExactMatch)
3198 return LOLR_Cooked;
3199
3200 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3201 // operator template, but not both.
3202 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3203 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003204 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Richard Smithc2bebe92016-05-11 20:37:46 +00003205 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003206 return LOLR_Error;
3207 }
3208
3209 if (FoundRaw)
3210 return LOLR_Raw;
3211
3212 if (FoundTemplate)
3213 return LOLR_Template;
3214
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003215 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3216 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3217
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003218 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3219 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3220 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003221 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3222 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003223 return LOLR_Error;
3224}
3225
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003226void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3227 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3228
3229 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3230 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003231 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003232 Old = New;
3233 return;
3234 }
3235
3236 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003237 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3238 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003239
3240 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3241 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003242 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003243
3244 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3245 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3246 if (!Cursor) return;
3247
3248 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3249 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3250
3251 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3252 }
3253
3254 Old = New;
3255}
3256
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003257void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3258 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003259 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3260 // arguments we have.
3261 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3262 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003263 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003264 AssociatedNamespaces,
3265 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003266
3267 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003268 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3269 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3270 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3271 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3272 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3273 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3274 // is the union of X and Y.
3275 //
3276 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3277 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003278 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003279 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3280 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3281 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3282 //
3283 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3284 // ignored.
3285 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003286 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003287 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3288 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3289 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003290 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3291 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003292 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3293 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003294 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3295 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3296 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3297 continue;
3298
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003299 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3300 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3301 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3302 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003303 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3304 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003305 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3306 break;
3307 }
3308 }
3309 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003310 continue;
3311 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003312
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003313 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3314 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003315
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003316 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003317 continue;
3318
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003319 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3320 continue;
3321
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003322 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003323 }
3324 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003325}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003326
3327//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3328// Search for all visible declarations.
3329//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003330VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003331
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003332bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3333
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003334namespace {
3335
3336class ShadowContextRAII;
3337
3338class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3339public:
3340 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3341 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3342 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003343 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003344
3345private:
3346 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3347 /// this name within a particular scope.
3348 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3349
3350 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3351 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3352
3353 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3354 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3355
3356 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3357
3358public:
3359 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3360 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3361 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003362 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003363 }
3364
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003365 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3366 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3367 }
3368
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003369 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3370 /// current scope.
3371 ///
3372 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3373 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3374 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3375
3376 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003377 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3378 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3379 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003380};
3381
3382/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3383class ShadowContextRAII {
3384 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3385
3386 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3387
3388public:
3389 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003390 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391 }
3392
3393 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003394 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3395 }
3396};
3397
3398} // end anonymous namespace
3399
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003400NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3401 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3402 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3403 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3404 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3405 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3406 if (Pos == SM->end())
3407 continue;
3408
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003409 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003410 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003411 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003412 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003413 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3414 continue;
3415
3416 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003417 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003418 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003419 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003420 continue;
3421
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003422 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3423 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3424 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003425 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003426 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003427 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003428 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003429
Alex Lorenze7e8f802017-01-23 17:23:23 +00003430 // A shadow declaration that's created by a resolved using declaration
3431 // is not hidden by the same using declaration.
3432 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(ND) && isa<UsingDecl>(D) &&
3433 cast<UsingShadowDecl>(ND)->getUsingDecl() == D)
3434 continue;
3435
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003436 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003437 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003438 }
3439 }
3440
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003441 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003442}
3443
3444static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3445 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003446 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003447 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003448 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited,
3449 bool IncludeDependentBases = false) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003450 if (!Ctx)
3451 return;
3452
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003453 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3454 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3455 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003456
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003457 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3458 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3459 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3460 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3461 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3462
3463 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3464 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3465 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3466 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3467 Idents.get(Name);
3468 }
3469
3470 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3471 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3472 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3473 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3474 I != E; ++I) {
3475 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3476 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3477 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3478 Visited.add(ND);
3479 }
3480 }
3481 }
3482 }
3483
3484 return;
3485 }
3486
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003487 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3488 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3489
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003490 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003491 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003492 for (auto *D : R) {
3493 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3494 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3495 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003496 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3501 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3502 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003503 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003504 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003505 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited,
3506 IncludeDependentBases);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003507 }
3508 }
3509
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003510 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003511 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003512 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3513 return;
3514
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003515 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3516 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003517
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003518 RecordDecl *RD;
3519 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
3520 if (!IncludeDependentBases) {
3521 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3522 // there anyway.
3523 continue;
3524 }
3525 const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
3526 if (!TST)
3527 continue;
3528 TemplateName TN = TST->getTemplateName();
3529 const auto *TD =
3530 dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(TN.getAsTemplateDecl());
3531 if (!TD)
3532 continue;
3533 RD = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
3534 } else {
3535 const auto *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3536 if (!Record)
3537 continue;
3538 RD = Record->getDecl();
3539 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003540
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003541 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3542 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3543 //
3544 // struct A { int member; };
3545 // struct B { int member; };
3546 // struct C : A, B { };
3547 //
3548 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3549 //
3550 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3551 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3552 // class, e.g.,
3553 //
3554 // c->B::member
3555 //
3556 // or
3557 //
3558 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003559
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003560 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3561 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003562 LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer,
3563 Visited, IncludeDependentBases);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003564 }
3565 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003566
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003567 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3568 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3569 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003570 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003571 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003572 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003573 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003574 }
3575
3576 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003577 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003578 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003579 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003580 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003581 }
3582
3583 // Traverse the superclass.
3584 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3585 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3586 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003587 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003588 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003589
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003590 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3591 // synthesized ivars.
3592 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3593 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003594 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003595 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003596 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003597 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003598 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003599 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003600 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003601 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003602 }
3603 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003604 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003605 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003606 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003607 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003608 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003609
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003610 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3611 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3612 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003613 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003614 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003615 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003616 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003617}
3618
3619static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3620 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3621 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3622 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3623 if (!S)
3624 return;
3625
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003626 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3627 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003628 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3629 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003630 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003631 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003632 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3633 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003634 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003635 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003636 Visited.add(ND);
3637 }
3638 }
3639 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003640
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003641 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003642 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003643 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003644 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3645 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3646 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003647 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003648 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003649
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003650 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003651 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003652 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3653 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3654 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3655 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3656 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003657 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003658 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003659 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003660 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003661 }
3662
3663 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3664 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3665 // outer scope.
3666 break;
3667 }
3668
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003669 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3670 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003671
3672 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003673 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003674 }
3675 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3676 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3677 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3678 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3679 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3680 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3681 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003682 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003683 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003684 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003685 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003686 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003687 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003688 }
3689
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003690 if (Entity) {
3691 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3692 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003693 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3694 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003695 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003696 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003697 }
3698
3699 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3700 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3701 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3702}
3703
3704void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003705 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3706 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003707 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3708 // unqualified name lookup.
3709 Scope *Initial = S;
3710 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003711 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003712 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3713 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3714 S = S->getParent();
3715
3716 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3717 }
3718 UDirs.done();
3719
3720 // Look for visible declarations.
3721 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003722 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003723 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003724 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3725 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003726 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3727 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3728}
3729
3730void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003731 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003732 bool IncludeGlobalScope,
3733 bool IncludeDependentBases) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003734 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003735 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003736 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003737 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3738 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003739 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003740 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Alex Lorenze6afa392017-05-11 13:48:57 +00003741 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited,
3742 IncludeDependentBases);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003743}
3744
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003745/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003746/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3747/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3748/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003749LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003750 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003751 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003752 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003753
3754 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3755 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3756 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3757 Scope *S = CurScope;
3758 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3759 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3760 }
3761
3762 // Not a GNU local label.
3763 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3764 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3765 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003766 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003767 Res = nullptr;
3768 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003769 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003770 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3771 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003772 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3773 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003774 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003775 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3776}
3777
3778//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003779// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003780//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003781
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003782static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3783 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3784 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3785 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3786}
3787
3788static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3789 LookupResult &Res,
3790 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3791 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3792 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3793 bool EnteringContext,
3794 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3795 bool FindHidden);
3796
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003797/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3798/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3799/// a module' correction.
3800static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3801 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3802 return;
3803
3804 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3805
3806 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3807 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3808 break;
3809 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3810 if (DI == DE)
3811 return;
3812
3813 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3814 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3815
3816 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3817 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3818 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3819 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3820
3821 if (VisibleDecl) {
3822 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3823 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3824 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3825 NewDecls.clear();
3826 }
3827 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3828 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3829 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3830 }
3831
3832 if (NewDecls.empty())
3833 TC = TypoCorrection();
3834 else {
3835 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3836 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3837 }
3838}
3839
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003840// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3841// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3842// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3843static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3844 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3845 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3846 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3847 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3848 else
3849 Identifiers.clear();
3850
3851 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3852
3853 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3854 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3855 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3856 break;
3857
3858 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3859 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3860 return;
3861 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3862 break;
3863
3864 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3865 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3866 break;
3867
3868 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3869 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3870 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3871 break;
3872
3873 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003874 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003875 return;
3876 }
3877
3878 if (II)
3879 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3880}
3881
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003882void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003883 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003884 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3885 if (Hiding)
3886 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003887
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003888 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3889 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3890 // etc.).
3891 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3892 if (!Name)
3893 return;
3894
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003895 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3896 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003897 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003898 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3899 return;
3900
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003901 FoundName(Name->getName());
3902}
3903
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003904void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003905 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3906 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003907 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003908}
3909
3910void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3911 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3912 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003913 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003914}
3915
3916void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3917 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003918 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3919 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003920 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3921 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3922 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003923 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003924
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003925 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3926 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003927 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3928 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003929 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003930
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003931 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003932 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003933 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003934 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003935}
3936
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003937static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3938
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003939void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003940 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003941 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003942
3943 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3944 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3945 // longer than the typo itself.
3946 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3947 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3948 return;
3949
3950 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003951 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3952 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3953 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3954 return;
3955 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003956
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003957 TypoResultList &CList =
3958 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003959
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003960 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3961 CList.pop_back();
3962 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3963 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3964 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3965 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3966 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3967 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3968 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3969 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3970 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3971 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3972 *RI = Correction;
3973 return;
3974 }
3975 }
3976 }
3977 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3978 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003979
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003980 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003981 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3982}
3983
3984void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3985 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3986 SearchNamespaces = true;
3987
3988 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3989 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3990
3991 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3992 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3993 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3994 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3995 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3996 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003997 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3998 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3999 // invalide iterators into this list.
4000 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
4001 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
4002 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004003 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4004 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
4005 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4006 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
4007 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
4008 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4009 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
4010 }
4011 }
4012}
4013
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004014const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
4015 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
4016 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4017
4018 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004019 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
4020 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
4021 if (DI->second.empty()) {
4022 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
4023 continue;
4024 }
4025
4026 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
4027 if (RI->second.empty()) {
4028 DI->second.erase(RI);
4029 performQualifiedLookups();
4030 continue;
4031 }
4032
4033 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004034 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004035 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
4036 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4037 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004038 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004039 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004040}
4041
4042bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
4043 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
4044 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004045 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004046retry_lookup:
4047 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
4048 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004049 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004050 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
4051 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4052 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4053 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4054 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4055 if (TempSS) {
4056 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4057 TempSS = nullptr;
4058 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4059 goto retry_lookup;
4060 }
4061 if (TempMemberContext) {
4062 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004063 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004064 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
4065 goto retry_lookup;
4066 }
4067 if (SearchNamespaces)
4068 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4069 break;
4070
4071 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4072 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4073 break;
4074
4075 case LookupResult::Found:
4076 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4077 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4078 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4079 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004080 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004081 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004082 if (SearchNamespaces)
4083 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4084 break;
4085 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004086 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004087 return true;
4088 }
4089 return false;
4090}
4091
4092void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4093 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Benjamin Kramer2e018ef2016-05-27 13:36:58 +00004094 for (const TypoCorrection &QR : QualifiedResults) {
4095 for (const auto &NSI : Namespaces) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004096 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4097 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4098
4099 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4100 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4101 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4102 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004103 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4104 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004105 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4106 continue;
4107 }
4108
4109 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4110 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4111 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4112 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4113 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4114
4115 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4116 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4117 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4118 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4119 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4120 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4121 continue;
4122
4123 Result.clear();
4124 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4125 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4126 continue;
4127
4128 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4129 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4130 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4131 case LookupResult::Found:
4132 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4133 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4134 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4135 std::string OldQualified;
4136 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4137 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4138 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4139 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4140 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4141 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4142 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4143 break;
4144 }
4145 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4146 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4147 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4148 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4149 : nullptr,
4150 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4151 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4152 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004153 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4154 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004155 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004156 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004157 break;
4158 }
4159 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4160 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4161 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4162 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4163 break;
4164 }
4165 }
4166 }
4167 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004168}
4169
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004170TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4171 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004172 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004173 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4174 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4175 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4176 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4177
4178 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4179 }
4180 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4181 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4182 // context.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004183 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4184 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C))
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004185 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4186 }
4187
4188 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004189 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4190 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4191 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004192}
4193
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004194auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4195 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004196 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004197 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004198 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004199 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4200 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4201 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4202 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4203 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4204 }
4205 return Chain;
4206}
4207
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004208unsigned
4209TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4210 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004211 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004212 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(DeclChain)) {
4213 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004214 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4215 ++NumSpecifiers;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004216 } else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004217 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4218 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4219 ++NumSpecifiers;
4220 }
4221 }
4222 return NumSpecifiers;
4223}
4224
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004225void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4226 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004227 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004228 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004229 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004230 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4231
4232 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004233 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4234 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty() || NamespaceDeclChain.back() != C)
4235 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004236 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4237 }
4238
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004239 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004240 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004241
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004242 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4243 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004244 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004245 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004246 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004247 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004248 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4249 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004250 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004251 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4252 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004253 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4254 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004255 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4256 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4257 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4258 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4259 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4260 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4261 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004262 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004263 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4264 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4265 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4266 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4267 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4268 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004269 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004270 }
4271 }
4272
4273 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4274 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4275 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4276 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4277 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4278 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4279 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4280 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004281 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4282 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004283 }
4284
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004285 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4286 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004287}
4288
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004289/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4290static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4291 LookupResult &Res,
4292 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4293 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4294 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4295 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004296 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4297 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004298 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4299 Res.clear();
4300 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004301 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004302 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004303 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004304 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004305 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4306 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4307 Res.resolveKind();
4308 return;
4309 }
4310 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004311
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004312 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4313 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004314 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4315 Res.resolveKind();
4316 return;
4317 }
4318 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004319
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004320 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4321 return;
4322 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004323
4324 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004325 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004326
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004327 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4328 // LookupParsedName.
4329 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4330 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004331 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004332 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4333 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004334 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004335 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4336 Res.addDecl(IV);
4337 Res.resolveKind();
4338 }
4339 }
4340 }
4341}
4342
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004343/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4344static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4345 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004346 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4347 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4348 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4349 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4350 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4351 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4352 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4353 return;
4354 }
4355
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004356 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4357 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004358
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004359 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004361 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004362 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004363 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004364 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4365 // storage-specifiers as well
4366 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4367 };
4368
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004369 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004370 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4371 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4372
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004373 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004374 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004375 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004376 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004377 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004378 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4379
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004380 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004381 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4382 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4383 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4384
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004385 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004386 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4387 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4388 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4389 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4390 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4391 }
4392 }
4393
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004394 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004395 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004396 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4397 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4398 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4399 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4400 };
4401 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4402 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004403 }
4404
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004405 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004406 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4407 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4408 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4409 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4410 }
4411
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004412 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004413 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004414 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004415 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4416 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4417 }
4418
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004419 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004420 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004421 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4422 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004423 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004424 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4425 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4426
4427 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4428 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4429 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4430
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004431 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004432 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4433 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4434 }
4435 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004436
4437 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4438 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4439 // is present.
4440 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4441 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004442 }
4443
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004444 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004445 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4446 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004447 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004448 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004449 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004450 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4451 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4452
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004453 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004454 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4455 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4456 }
4457
4458 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4459 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4460
4461 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4462 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4463
4464 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4465 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4466 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4467 }
4468 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004469 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004470 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4471 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4472 }
4473
4474 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4475 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4476 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4477 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4478 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4479 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4480 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4481 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4482 }
4483 }
4484
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004485 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004486 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4487
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004488 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004489 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4490 }
4491 }
4492}
4493
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004494std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4495 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4496 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4497 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4498 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004499 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004500
4501 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4502 DisableTypoCorrection)
4503 return nullptr;
4504
4505 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4506 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4507 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4508 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4509 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4510 return nullptr;
4511
4512 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4513 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4514 if (!Typo)
4515 return nullptr;
4516
4517 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4518 // typos.
4519 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4520 return nullptr;
4521
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00004522 // Never try to correct typos during any kind of code synthesis.
4523 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty())
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004524 return nullptr;
4525
4526 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4527 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4528 return nullptr;
4529
4530 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4531 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4532 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4533 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4534 return nullptr;
4535
4536 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4537 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4538 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004539 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004540 return nullptr;
4541
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004542 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4543 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4544 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4545 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4546 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4547 return nullptr;
4548 ++TyposCorrected;
4549
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004550 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4551 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4552 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4553 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4554 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4555 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4556 TypoName.getLocStart());
4557 }
4558
4559 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4560 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4561 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4562 EnteringContext);
4563
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004564 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004565 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004566 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4567 if (MemberContext) {
4568 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4569
4570 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4571 if (OPT) {
4572 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4573 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4574 }
4575 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4576 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4577 if (!QualifiedDC)
4578 return nullptr;
4579
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004580 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4581 } else {
4582 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004583 }
4584
4585 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4586 // corrections.
4587 bool SearchNamespaces
4588 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4589 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4590
4591 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4592 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4593 // seen in this translation unit.
4594 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4595 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4596 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4597
4598 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4599 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4600 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4601 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4602 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4603 do {
4604 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4605 if (Name.empty())
4606 break;
4607
4608 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4609 } while (true);
4610 }
4611 }
4612
4613 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4614
4615 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4616 // to search those namespaces.
4617 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4618 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4619 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4620 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4621 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4622 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4623 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4624 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4625 }
4626
4627 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4628 }
4629
4630 return Consumer;
4631}
4632
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004633/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4634/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4635/// present in the source code.
4636///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004637/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4638/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4639///
4640/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004641///
4642/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4643///
4644/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4645/// looking for, if present.
4646///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004647/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4648/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4649/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4650///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004651/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4652/// a member access expression.
4653///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004654/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004655/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4656///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004657/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4658/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4659///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004660/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4661/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4662/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4663/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4664TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4665 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4666 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004667 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004668 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004669 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4670 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004671 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4672 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004673 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4674
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004675 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4676 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4677 if (ExternalSource) {
4678 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004679 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004680 return Correction;
4681 }
4682
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004683 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4684 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4685 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4686 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4687 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004688
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004689 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004690 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4691 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004692 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004693
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004694 if (!Consumer)
4695 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004696
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004697 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004698 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004699 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004700
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004701 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4702 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004703 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4704 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004705 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004706 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004707
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004708 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4709 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004710 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004711 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004712
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004713 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004714
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004715 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004716 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4717 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4718 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004719 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004720 }
4721
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004722 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004723 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4724 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4725 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004726
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004727 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4728 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004729 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4730 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004731
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004732 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4733 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004734 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004735 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004736 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004737 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4738 // context.
4739
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004740 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4741 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4742 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004743 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4744 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004745 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004746 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4747 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004748 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4749 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004750 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004751
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004752 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4753 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004754 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004755
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004756 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4757 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4758 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004759 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004760}
4761
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004762/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4763/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4764/// present in the source code.
4765///
4766/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4767/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4768///
4769/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4770///
4771/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4772///
4773/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4774/// looking for, if present.
4775///
4776/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4777/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4778/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4779///
4780/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4781/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4782///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004783/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4784/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4785///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004786/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4787/// a member access expression.
4788///
4789/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4790/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4791///
4792/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4793/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4794///
4795/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4796/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4797/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4798/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4799/// needed.
4800TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4801 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4802 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4803 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004804 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004805 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4806 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4807 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4808
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004809 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4810 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004811 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004812
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004813 // Give the external sema source a chance to correct the typo.
4814 TypoCorrection ExternalTypo;
4815 if (ExternalSource && Consumer) {
4816 ExternalTypo = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Benjamin Kramer97d7a662016-05-19 21:53:33 +00004817 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *Consumer->getCorrectionValidator(),
4818 MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT);
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004819 if (ExternalTypo)
4820 Consumer->addCorrection(ExternalTypo);
4821 }
4822
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004823 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4824 return nullptr;
4825
4826 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4827 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4828 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4829 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004830 if (!ExternalTypo && ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004831 return nullptr;
4832
4833 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004834 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004835}
4836
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004837void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4838 if (!CDecl) return;
4839
4840 if (isKeyword())
4841 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4842
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004843 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004844
4845 if (!CorrectionName)
4846 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4847}
4848
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004849std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4850 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4851 std::string tmpBuffer;
4852 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4853 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004854 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004855 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004856 }
4857
4858 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004859}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004860
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004861bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4862 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004863 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4864 return true;
4865
4866 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4867 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4868 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4869
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004870 bool HasNonType = false;
4871 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4872 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4873 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4874 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4875 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4876 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4877 if (Method->isStatic())
4878 HasStaticMethod = true;
4879 else
4880 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4881 }
4882 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4883 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004884 }
4885
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004886 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4887 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4888 return false;
4889
4890 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004891}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004892
4893FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004894 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004895 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004896 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004897 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004898 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4899 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004900 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4901}
4902
4903bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4904 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4905 return candidate.isKeyword();
4906
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004907 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004908 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004909 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004910 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4911 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4912 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4913 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4914 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4915 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4916 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4917 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4918 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4919 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4920 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004921 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004922 return true;
4923 }
4924 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004925
4926 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4927 // the current number of arguments.
4928 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4929 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4930 continue;
4931
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004932 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4933 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4934 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4935 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004936 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004937 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4938 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4939 MemberFn
4940 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4941 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004942 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004943 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004944 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4945 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4946 continue;
4947 }
4948 }
4949 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004950 }
4951 return false;
4952}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004953
4954void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4955 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4956 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4957 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4958 ErrorRecovery);
4959}
4960
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004961/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4962/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004963static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4964 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004965 return VD->getDefinition();
Yaron Keren18c3d062016-07-13 19:04:51 +00004966 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4967 return FD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004968 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004969 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004970 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004971 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004972 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004973 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004974 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004975 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004976 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004977}
4978
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004979void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004980 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004981 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4982
4983 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4984 // possible.
4985 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4986 if (!Def)
4987 Def = Decl;
4988
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004989 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4990 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4991
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004992 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4993 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004994 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004995 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4996
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004997 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules, MIK,
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004998 Recover);
4999}
5000
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005001/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
5002/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
5003static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
5004 const FileEntry *E) {
5005 bool IsSystem;
5006 auto Path =
5007 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
5008 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
5009}
5010
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005011void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
5012 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5013 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
5014 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
5015 assert(!Modules.empty());
5016
5017 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005018 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005019 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005020 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005021 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005022 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005023 ModuleList += "[...]";
5024 break;
5025 }
5026 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
5027 }
5028
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005029 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
5030 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005031 } else if (const FileEntry *E =
5032 PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(UseLoc, DeclLoc)) {
5033 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
5034 // suggest doing so.
5035 //
5036 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
5037 // a FixItHint there.
5038 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
5039 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
5040 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005041 } else {
Richard Smithacef17a2016-05-05 02:14:06 +00005042 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint that imports the corresponding module.
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005043 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
5044 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005045 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005046
5047 unsigned DiagID;
5048 switch (MIK) {
5049 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
5050 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
5051 break;
5052 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
5053 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
5054 break;
5055 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
5056 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
5057 break;
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005058 case MissingImportKind::ExplicitSpecialization:
5059 DiagID = diag::note_explicit_specialization_declared_here;
5060 break;
5061 case MissingImportKind::PartialSpecialization:
5062 DiagID = diag::note_partial_specialization_declared_here;
5063 break;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005064 }
5065 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005066
5067 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
5068 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005069 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005070}
5071
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005072/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
5073/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
5074///
5075/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5076/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5077/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5078/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5079/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5080/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5081/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5082/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5083/// to it.
5084void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5085 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5086 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5087 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5088 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5089 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5090 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5091 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5092
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005093 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5094 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005095 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005096 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5097
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005098 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005099 MissingImportKind::Declaration, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005100 return;
5101 }
5102
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005103 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5104 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5105
5106 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005107 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005108 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5109 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5110 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
Benjamin Kramer7de99692016-11-16 18:15:26 +00005111
5112 // Add any extra diagnostics.
5113 for (const PartialDiagnostic &PD : Correction.getExtraDiagnostics())
5114 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), PD);
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005115}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005116
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005117TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5118 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5119 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005120 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5121 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5122 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5123 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5124 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005125 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005126 return TE;
5127}
5128
5129const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5130 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5131 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5132 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5133 return Entry->second;
5134}
5135
5136void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5137 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5138}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005139
5140void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5141 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5142 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5143 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5144 R.setHideTags(false);
5145 LookupName(R, S);
5146 R.dump();
5147}